New Local Plan: Spatial Options Document 2021

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.
GROWTH SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land LLP, on behalf of the landowners, welcomes the identification of growth
on land South East of Rochford and North of Southend (Strategy Option 3b) in the Rochford District Council
(RDC) New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. The delivery of this growth option will
unlock a new generation of highly sustainable communities that meet housing, employment and qualityof-life needs, while promoting innovation. Bellway Strategic, have acquired the subject landholding from
Cogent Land, and are committed to working collaboratively with the Council, key stakeholders and the
existing community to create an exemplar new community which sets the benchmark for development in
the region and for future generations.
Option 3b should be the priority location for strategic growth within the emerging Local Plan and is
fundamental in delivering RDC’s strategic priorities. This proposal will deliver the step change RDC is looking for to address the housing crisis in the District, along with ensuring the District keeps apace with the Thames Estuary objectives reinforced through the South Essex authorities partnership. Critical to this change in approach is delivering large scale strategic concentrated development in one location and moving away from solely ‘bolt-on’ schemes that fail to deliver the much-needed infrastructure and the benefits for the existing community. This aligns with the Framework which
identifies that in delivering large numbers of new homes significant urban extensions are preferrable
provided they are well located and supported by the necessary infrastructure (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Through existing characteristics in terms of the site’s location on the edge of Rochford and adjacent to Southend Airport, along with proposed infrastructure enhancements, the proposal will satisfy the Framework in this regard crucially ensuring that people have the choice to walk, cycle and access reliable and frequent public transport.
RDC need to find a solution to deliver housing in the short term, in addition to planning for the medium- and long-term. In terms of developing balanced growth across the Plan period, our client endorses Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination - supporting the delivery of a blend of sites which will ensure the Council can meet their identified housing needs across the Plan period. The preferred strategy will involve making best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building the identified growth option on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend (Option 3b) and a number of smaller urban
extensions (Option 2).
The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements
to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development of sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns. Option 3b will deliver a range of major new infrastructure, including highways improvements, investment in community infrastructure including schools, health centres, the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park, along with sporting facilities and will provide substantial investment in the public realm.
This proposal has the potential to enhance and diversify employment and business opportunities in the local area, enabled by access to high-speed broadband. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, and to achieve net-zero carbon.

Strategy Option 3b – South East of Rochford & North of Southend will deliver:
Sustainable Communities
New villages within Rochford which respond to the landscape and the morphology of existing settlements

New Homes for Rochford
4,600 homes in total, with 1,850 homes by 2040

Meeting Local Affordable Housing Needs
Deliver c. 650 affordable homes by 2040 (35%) and 1,600 affordable homes in total

Strategic infrastructure improvements delivered alongside growth
Improved eastern access to London Southend
Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys
Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge.

Job Creation & Employment Land
Deliver c. 11 ha of employment land concentrated in close proximity to existing employment to the south east of Rochford / Southend Airport; together with enhanced
digital connectivity to support home working

Benefits for Existing Residents
Enhanced transport and social linkages to existing villages in Rochford

Genuine choice of transport modes
New green, sustainable transport corridors providing a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay)
Encourage cycling and walking by designing 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks to serve existing and future communities.

Community Infrastructure
Delivery of two new primary schools, healthcare and community services in the Local Plan period;

Green & Blue Infrastructure
Utilising the unique natural assets for the benefit of existing and future residents including delivering the eastern extent of the South Essex Estuary Park forming a new coastal country park in the east of the District

Environmental Benefits
Retention and enhancement of historic woodlands and the identification of locations for new woodland for greater biodiversity and wildlife, rewilding, green infrastructure corridors, private food growing and vertical
farming will add to the Biodiversity Net Gain

Tourism Strategy
Harness the untapped potential of Rochford as a tourism destination

Climate Change
Be carbon neutral by 2040 and achieve netzero carbon emissions by 2050 through a host of measures including building design and specifications and encouraging growth of active travel

01. INTRODUCTION & SITE CONTEXT
1.1. Iceni Projects on behalf of Bellway Strategic and Cogent Land wish to submit representations to the Rochford District Council New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021. Bellway has acquired an interest in land south east of Rochford / north of Southend and is actively engaged with key stakeholders to bring forward growth in this location, incorporating a mix of uses including housing, community, health and employment uses through the plan-making process. Cogent Land have been promoting the subject site for sustainable growth for almost two decades and wholly support the preparation of the new Rochford Local Plan.
1.2. Bellway Homes is one of the UK’s leading home builders. Bellway began as a small family business in
1946 - with a passion for building exceptional quality homes in carefully selected locations, inspired by the needs of real families. Bellway has grown from a local family firm into one of the country’s leading residential developers. Bellway have this year been awarded 5 star builder status by the Home Builders Federation for the fifth year running.
1.3. The designs of Bellway homes and construction techniques blend tradition with innovation, creating
well-built homes with modern living standards. With a reputation for high quality developments in prime locations, Bellway Homes strive to create sustainable new developments. The homes are designed with more than seven decades of experience and craftmanship, to create a new generation of properties that meets the aspirations of today’s homebuyers. Bellway homes
feature exterior finishes that reflect the character of the local neighbourhood with an enhanced specification, both inside and out.
1.4. The extent of the land under the control of our client within the RDC boundary is detailed in Appendix 1. The landholding lies to the north of the A13 and A1159, with London Southend Airport & Rail Station and Sutton Road sitting to the west. Temple Farm and Purdeys Way employment area, as well as employment opportunities associated with the Airport, are closeby. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of Conservation and Special Protection Area.
1.5. In addition, our client has interests on adjoining land to south which falls within the Southendon-Sea Borough Council boundary. Given that the landholding straddles both Council boundaries the conceptual design studies undertaken to date have considered the land holistically, as many of the Council’s evidence base documents have also done. In this respect, these representations should be read alongside the Potential Growth Options in Rochford and Southend, Proof of Concept, 22.07.2021 attached at Appendix 2. Nonetheless for the purposes of this Local Plan and ensuring the Rochford Local Plan can be found sound in its own right, these representations
focus on the land within Rochford and the proposals that can be delivered within this Local Plan.
1.6. These representations will demonstrate that Bellway, and their appointed consultant team, have prepared a vision for this location to deliver positive growth for the District which will be sensitively designed to connect with the surroundings, will foster social and economic relations with the existing communities, will contribute towards biodiversity net gain, minimising carbon
emissions and protect the environment.
1.7. These representations are structured as follows:
ƒ Section 2 details the main policies contained within the National Planning Policy Framework including the support for large scale growth options and the required approach for plan making in releasing land from the Green Belt;
ƒ Section 3 summarises regional matters in respect of the Association of South Essex Local Authorities, the preparation of a Joint Strategic Plan and the Thames Estuary Growth Commission;
ƒ Section 4 assesses RDC’s housing and employment needs;
ƒ Section 5 considers the strategic matters in Local Plan making;
ƒ Section 6 details the key findings from the RDC landscape impact and green belt evidence base;
ƒ Section 7 sets out the vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend;
ƒ Section 8 provides a response to the relevant questions raised in the consultation; &
ƒ Section 9 in conclusion details the economic benefits of Option 3b to Rochford District.

02. NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
2.1. The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to Option 3b.
PLAN LED APPROACH
2.2. The National Planning Policy Framework states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
ƒ meet the development needs of their area;
ƒ align growth and infrastructure;
ƒ improve the environment;
ƒ mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
2.3. This element of the Framework and specifically how the proposal at South East of Rochford and North of Southend will assist the Council in delivering a sustainable pattern of development is considered in detail at Section 5 of these representations.
2.4. Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to
address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
LARGE SCALE GROWTH
2.5. The most recent revisions to the Framework include the requirement:
‘Where larger scale developments such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns form part of the strategy for the area, policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’.
2.6. This is applicable in respect of the current proposal at Option 3b and is detailed in full at Section 7 of these representations.
2.7. The Framework at para 73 considers that

“The supply of large numbers of new homes can often be best achieved through planning for larger scale development, such as new settlements or significant extensions to existing villages and towns, provided they are well located and designed, and supported by the necessary infrastructure and facilities (including a genuine choice of transport modes). Working with the
support of their communities, and with other authorities if appropriate, strategic policy-making authorities should identify suitable locations for such development where this can help to meet identified needs in a sustainable way”. (Our emphasis)

This is key in Rochford as acknowledged in the Spatial Options Consultation, that the only way to deliver the Council’s strategic objectives such as addressing current infrastructure deficits is through large scale growth. Growth of a strategic scale will ensure that the housing numbers are delivered but also that the necessary infrastructure, including transport, is delivered alongside
the new homes.
2.9. The Framework advocates that in identifying suitable locations for such development, strategic policy-making authorities should consider a host of factors which are detailed in the table below, alongside a review of the relevant features of growth at South East of Rochford and North of Southend. The policy requirements set out in para 73 of the Framework provide the basis for
assessing the potential and suitability of growth in south east of Rochford and north of Southend.

[See attached document for table format]
Table 2.1 Review of Spatial Option 3b against the criteria set out in Para 73 of the Framework
Para 73 NPPF – Criteria for Large Scale Growth
[followed by] Assessment of Growth Option – South East of Rochford and North of Southend
a) consider the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure, the area’s economic potential and the scope for net environmental gains

The site’s location on the edge of Rochford and Southend, and adjacent to Southend airport offers a
major opportunity for inward investment which can
be maximised through growth in the right locations.
At a regional level, Rochford’s location within the
Thames Estuary Growth Corridor, along with the
proximity to London and the Lower Thames Crossing
makes this area an economically competitive area
attractive to inward investment. The development
of this region is a national priority as reaffirmed in
the Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary
Growth Commission.
Moreover, planning for growth at scale will leverage
investment in order to deliver new and upgrade
existing infrastructure in the district. Given the extent of land under the control of Bellway it is considered that significant environmental enhancements can be achieved.

b) ensure that their size and location will support a sustainable community, with sufficient access to services and employment opportunities within the development itself (without expecting an unrealistic level of self-containment), or in larger towns to which there is good access;
The proposals provide for four distinct neighbourhoods which are specifically designed to be of a scale so that they are self-sufficient in terms of local services centred on the principle of 15-minute neighbourhoods. There is a swathe of land close to the airport and the existing industrial estates identified for employment uses, and in
addition each neighbourhood will include local employment.

c) set clear expectations for the quality of the places to be created and how this can be maintained (such as by following Garden City principles); and ensure that appropriate tools such as masterplans and design guides or codes are used to secure a variety of well-designed
and beautiful homes to meet the needs of different groups in the community;
Design is key in order to deliver upon the vision of
creating high quality aspirational housing which benefits from the unique location of the site. The Growth Option 3b will be based upon a holistic masterplan framework which establishes a range of different character areas and is genuinely landscape led.
The proposal will deliver a range of housing to achieve diversification in accordance with the recommendations of the Letwin Review including:
ƒ Differing Tenures - Affordable homes; including
affordable rented housing will be provided alongside affordable home ownership on each phase.
ƒ House type and size – Within each phase a broad
range of house types and sizes will be delivered.
ƒ Housing for specified groups and custom build – older people’s housing and plots sold for custom or self-build for individuals on Rochford’s self-build register will also be delivered. Student accommodation will also be explored.

d) make a realistic assessment of likely rates of delivery, given the lead-in times for large scale sites, and identify opportunities for supporting rapid implementation (such as through joint ventures or locally-led development
corporations)
The footnote (37) linked to this policy states ‘The
delivery of large scale developments may need to extend beyond an individual plan period, and the associated infrastructure requirements may not be capable of being identified fully at the outset. Anticipated rates of delivery and infrastructure requirements should, therefore, be kept under review and reflected as policies are updated’

The main factor influencing delivery rates will be the
delivery and funding of infrastructure. There are
significant infrastructure requirements needed in order to deliver growth in the District which will have implications on the housing delivery rates. Bellway are keen to collaborate further with the Council in this respect in order to establish the funding and timing of infrastructure which will address existing congestion issues in Rochford and the environs and unlock growth to the east.

e) consider whether it is appropriate to establish Green Belt around or adjoining new developments of significant size.

As detailed in the illustrative concept plans, the proposals will be designed based on defensible boundaries, logically defined by the landscape framework

VITALITY OF RURAL COMMUNITIES
2.10. The updated Framework at Para 79 states that to promote sustainable development in rural areas, housing should be located where it will enhance or maintain the vitality of rural communities.
Planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services.
2.11. There are a range of existing rural communities in the vicinity of the proposed growth option. The emerging Masterplan and all future proposals will ensure that the character and identity of these existing settlements is retained, while also delivering new infrastructure and services which will be of benefit to the established rural communities. These existing communities do not currently have a genuine choice in terms of travel option, with the private car for many people the only form of transport available. The Local Plan, and the proposals for large scale growth, have the potential to address this through substantial investment in public transport in the district.
2.12. Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could
accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
2.13. Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where
exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation recognises that RDC are unlikely to have
sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.

DUTY TO COOPERATE
2.14. The Framework restates that planning authorities are under a duty to cooperate with each other, and with other prescribed bodies, on strategic matters that cross administrative boundaries.
Strategic policy-making authorities should collaborate to identify the relevant strategic matters which they need to address in their plans. Effective and on-going joint working between strategic policy-making authorities and relevant bodies is integral to the production of a positively
prepared and justified strategy. It is evident that there has been close collaboration between RDC and SSBC in the preparation of the evidence base supporting the Local Plans to date which is welcomed.
2.15. In particular, joint working should help to determine where additional infrastructure is necessary, and whether development needs that cannot be met wholly within a particular plan area could be met elsewhere. In order to demonstrate effective and on-going joint working, strategic policymaking authorities should prepare and maintain one or more statements of common ground, documenting the cross-boundary matters being addressed and progress in cooperating to address these.
2.16. The Framework at para 128 requires Planning Authorities to prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality
standard of design.
2.17. National policy in respect of design has been detailed further at Para 129 of the Framework which
states that:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these
exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop”.
2.18. The requirement for design codes is considered at Section 8 of these representations.

03. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.

INTRODUCTION
3.1. The Association of South Essex Local Authorities entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (January 2018) setting out their commitment to build on the existing strong foundations of cooperation developed through the Duty to Cooperate, and within the wider context of the South Essex 2050 Ambition to move to a more formal approach to strategic planning. This will
be developed through a ‘portfolio’ of plans, with a Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) setting out strategic spatial and infrastructure priorities that are of mutual benefit, prepared alongside a suite of ‘local delivery plans’ to manage delivery within each of the local planning areas. As detailed at Figure 6 of the RDC Spatial Options Consultation, the South Essex Plan is a non-statutory Framework which sits above the Rochford Local Plan.
3.2. The JSP will provide the ‘effective strategic planning mechanism’ to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Duty to Cooperate, with the existing joint work, evidence base and shared governance through ASELA demonstrating that cooperation is proactive, positive and ongoing.
There is a clear commitment to meeting the full housing needs across the sub-region. ASELA have confirmed that they are committed to work collectively in the interests of South Essex detailing that the “joint spatial plan will provide a strong framework to build on and deliver the sound individual local plans and provide the future strategic context for them”.
3.3. The ASELA Productivity Strategy provides a framework for addressing some of the challenges
across the region, outlining that the future of work is changing and higher-skilled, knowledgebased work will drive future economic activity. It sets out opportunities to attract, retain and develop highly skilled knowledge workers, including through skills development; encourages B2B collaboration and development of local supply chains; and identifies opportunities to use data and leverage connectivity to grow the economy through both growth of indigenous SME businesses and attracting inward investment. It emphasises the importance of town centres as centres for economic activity which offer a rich social experience and space for interaction and can accommodate a range of economic activities.
SOUTH EAST ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS ASSESSMENT 2019
3.4. RDC, SSBC and Castle Point Borough Council (CPBC) have worked together to consider potential spatial options for future strategic scale residential development, jobs and supporting infrastructure. The South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment has considered and assessed six broad locations of undeveloped land adjoining the built-up area of Southend and considered their potential to accommodate strategic scale development of approximately 6,000 – 8,000 homes, together with employment and supporting infrastructure. The report
considered six broad locations, Sectors A-F and identified that only Sector D has the potential to
accommodate strategic scale development. Option 3 b sits within the Sector D area.
3.5. The Plan’s evidence thus identifies Sector D – land north of Fossetts Farm, Garon Park and Bournes Green Chase - as the only area in Rochford which adjoins Southend’s urban area which offered the potential for strategic scale development. This area was found to have the least environmental constraints. The landscape was found to be of medium sensitivity, and development
would need to have regard to this as well as listed buildings and heritage assets in the area.
3.6. The Assessment found that significant investment in public transport, road and cycling infrastructure would be needed to support sustainable development. This included congestion concerns along the A127 and at Warners Bridge. It found synergies with nearby employment locations and existing recreational resources including around Garons Park. Major development would need to avoid coalescence with Rochford and maintain a buffer to the villages of Barling, Little Wakering and Great Wakering to the east.

SOUTH ESSEX STRATEGIC GROWTH LOCATIONS STUDY 2020
3.7. The 2020 South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study1 reinforces the findings of the 2019 study, which has undertaken a strategic review of land availability and development constraints across South Essex and considered potential locations where urban extensions and new settlement-scale growth could be explored. This Study has assessed the potential for urban extensions to each of the District’s main settlements - Hockley, Rayleigh and Rochford – as well as Southend; together with the potential for new-settlement scale growth north-east of Southend and at Fairglen where the A127, A13 and A130 join.
3.8. The Study shows that transport infrastructure capacity is a particular constraint to growth at a sub-regional level with a highways network largely at capacity at peak times. An appropriate response to this is to locate growth at accessible locations, preferably where there is fixed public transport and this is a key component of the ‘sequential approach’ adopted in the Study to identifying potential locations for strategic scale growth. The Study includes an assessment of the relative accessibility of different options, having regard to proximity to major routes and local congestion; and public transport accessibility. Hockley scores poorly, and Rayleigh is moderate in this respect; while Rochford and Southend together with the potential for strategic growth south east of Rochford are identified as having good accessibility. Fairglen is identified as having very poor accessibility by public transport currently and would require delivery of a new station to support strategic development.
3.9. The Study concludes that the best scope in the medium term is for strategic growth at Southend North East and West Horndon. This reflects the less constrained nature of these locations relative to other areas considered and the greater potential for sustainable access even in the short to medium term. This issue of sustainable access is critical given the constrained nature of the existing highway network in South Essex and the fact that strategic growth must have viable non-car access. There are however still significant challenges in these locations, including the requirement for substantial supporting infrastructure and further studies are required.

GOVERNMENT RESPONSE TO THE THAMES ESTUARY 2050 GROWTH COMMISSION 2019
3.10. In the Budget 2016 the Government asked the Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission to set out an ambitious vision and delivery plan for North Kent, South Essex and East London. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission published their report on 25th June 2018. In the response published on the 25th March 2019, the government welcomed the Commission’s vision, and sets out national commitments to the Thames Estuary.
3.11. The government’s response is a clear demonstration of the commitment to growth in the Thames Estuary and identifies that this is a national priority which is of importance to all of the United
Kingdom. The response acknowledges the tremendous potential of the Thames Estuary to power growth for the benefit of local communities and the entire country. It highlights however that the region does not fully deliver on its great potential and “A bolder approach is needed to realise this vision and the potential of the region”.
3.12. In addition, the Government agrees with the Commission that the scale and pace of delivery will need to increase to meet demand for housing across the Estuary. The report further states that the Government is prepared to offer bespoke support through initiatives such as housing deals, to support those places willing to be ambitious in their approach to building more homes.
Government would expect places across the region might want to go further in order to take account of higher demand and fully enable them to meet their economic growth ambitions.
3.13. This report wholeheartedly confirms the Government’s commitment to this region. The Local
Plan has the opportunity to utilise this support from a national level to ensure that the region fulfils its full potential in terms of new homes and jobs through a plan-led approach. This is an unprecedented opportunity for the region and RDC must capitalise on this to ensure they fulfil their ambitions.
3.14. Rochford is located within the South Essex Foreshore, and within this context the Commission’s
vision for the area is :
“The rich patchwork of places which form the South Essex Foreshore will be celebrated. Empowered by a statutory Joint Spatial Plan the area will go beyond ‘business as usual’. Locally driven town centre transformation will help create lively places that people choose to work, live, learn and play in. These policies and local initiatives will see development unlocked, postindustrial landscapes restored, and the filling of empty business spaces to create a thriving and
creative economy”.
3.15. This vision aligns with the positive approach outlined in the RDC Spatial Options which states that “The scale of housing growth required in Rochford presents opportunities to do things very differently and harness much greater investment in infrastructure than has been possible before”

04. REGIONAL POLICY MATTERS – CONTEXT FOR GROWTH.
Current Situation
4.1. In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2. The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
Future Housing Needs & Supply
4.3. Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040 in RDC. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in
10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4. The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. The emerging evidence provides a strong indication that SSBC will not be able to meet its development needs for housing and employment in full within its borough boundaries.
Southend has a constrained supply of land which also limits its ability to deliver family housing.
Given the close-relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services between the two authorities, the Council needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5. Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR ORIGINAL DIAGRAM OF ROCHFORD HOUSING CRISIS]
- Average house price in Rochford 2021: £426,000 (12% increase since 2020)
- House price growth 2011-21: £136,000
- House prices 11.5 times average earnings. Amongst the least affordable areas in the country
- Average rents grown 18% over last 5 years
- 1,000 households awaiting affordable housing in 2021 (grown by 20%)
- Average housing delivery 205 dwellings per annum (2011 – 2021)

4.6. In this respect, the Planning Practice Guidance provides clarification on the standard method
reiterating that it provides the minimum starting point and details the circumstances actual housing need is higher than the standard method indicates, stating:
Circumstances where this may be appropriate include, but are not limited to situations where increases in housing need are likely to exceed past trends because of:
• growth strategies for the area that are likely to be deliverable, for example where funding is in
place to promote and facilitate additional growth (e.g. Housing Deals);
• strategic infrastructure improvements that are likely to drive an increase in the homes needed locally; or
• an authority agreeing to take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities, as set out in a statement of common ground.
3.7. Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers
the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,500 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short
of the District’s housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLE COMPARING LAND SUPPLY TO HOUSING NEED]

4.8. Available and suitable land for housing in Rochford is scarce, with the majority of open land being
designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, extending from London across the South Essex subregion. Significant parts of the District are also protected for their ecological value, landscape value or because they are at risk of flooding.

ECONOMY
4.9. As with many other areas across the country and internationally, Rochford’s economy has been harmed by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Local Plan needs to set out a strategy for economic recovery.
4.10. Prior to the pandemic, the evidence pointed to :
ƒ a relatively modest-sized economy with 29,000 workforce jobs based in the District (2018).
ƒ The percentage of jobs available per resident is much lower than the national average, leading to a greater reliance on out-commuting for our residents and leakage of spending and investment
ƒ Significant out-commuting of residents to work, totalling over 14,000 people per day in net terms, both to surrounding employment centres such as Southend and Basildon and to London.
ƒ Self-employment had been growing, reaching almost 16% of working-age residents.
ƒ Local employment opportunities were focused more towards lower paid/skilled roles, with the proportion of residents with NVQ 4+ skills (equivalent to degree level) below the regional average, and an under-representation in higher value-added sectors borne out in average earnings for those employed in the District which were around 7% below the East of England average.
OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
4.11. The 2017 South Essex Economic Development Needs Assessment (EDNA) identified a need for 27 ha of employment land across Southend and Rochford to 2036. Quantitatively it identified sufficient supply to meet this. The evidence base will need to be updated to reflect changes in economic circumstances and the longer plan period. However it is likely that some additional
employment land provision is needed in the local area to support growth in local SME businesses in manufacturing, construction, trades and related sectors including in providing grow-on space; and to contribute to addressing the significant out-commuting from the District. National planning policy and guidance is clear that both quantitative and qualitative factors should be
considered in considering employment land provision.
4.12. The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have ushered an unprecedented change in the way people work, almost overnight. The Local Plan needs to facilitate these changes by providing opportunities to work more locally for those that might have historically commuted out to work, and ensuring high quality broadband infrastructure is in place.

[See document for original diagram re benefits of meeting housing need]
- Delivering affordable housing
- Family housing for local people
-Supporting the local economy
- Supporting funding and delivery of infrastructure
- Supporting town centres
- Supporting public services

RETAIL AND LEISURE
4.13. Rochford District’s main retail provision is within the centres of Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley.
However, none of these are major classified centres and Rochford achieves a very low market share of retail provision in comparison to the rest of South Essex. In particular, retail expenditure for comparison goods is generally lower in the District than it is for convenience goods, demonstrating that residents will often do their regular shopping (such as food) more locally but travel to other commercial centres, such as Southend, for comparison retail shopping such as for household items, electrical goods and clothes.
4.14. The Retail and Leisure Study Update 2014 recommended that the District seek to increase the
market share of comparison retail to a minimum maintain market share in South Essex. The South Essex Retail Study 2017 sets out that the District would benefit from further retail provision to promote sustainable shopping patterns, with retail provision aligned new housing growth.

E-commerce had been growing before the pandemic, but Covid-19 is likely to have accelerated this, and this is a particular challenge for the District’s town centres which therefore need to evolve. Housing growth within the District together with an evolution of the town centres’ offer will be important to supporting the vitality and viability of the District’s town centres.
TOURIST ECONOMY
4.15. The tourism economy in Rochford District is currently underdeveloped – there is a lack of infrastructure such as quality accommodation, restaurants and cafes, visitor attractions and activities. The District has a distinctive character – it benefits from a world-class natural environment with internationally significant estuaries, namely the Crouch and Roach and an extensive coastline, including the RSPB’s Wallasea Island Wild Coast Project. These geographical features give rise to the potential to explore opportunities to promote tourism, particularly a green tourism offer. Rochford also has a range of heritage assets with untapped potential.
4.16. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex 2020-2038 sets a vision “to make South Essex a renowned major tourism destination comprising a corridor of quality interrelated tourism, leisure and recreation attractions. An expanded visitor offer will
encourage people to stay and enjoy our culture, resorts, countryside, market towns and coastline. In turn this will add to the area’s vibrancy and make us a more attractive place to live, work and start up a business”.
4.17. It identifies that there are some structural weaknesses that exist, such as the lack of a ‘stand out’
single attractions. A key conclusion that is drawn is that there is a number of exciting and attainable opportunities which can be the focus of future strategic action. This would help the area to bounce back from Covid-19 and reposition the area in the domestic visitor market.
4.18. There is a clear opportunity for the District to increase the value of the tourism economy over the
Local Plan period in the following ways:
ƒ increasing visitor spending by providing high-quality facilities and attractions and supporting infrastructure;
ƒ increasing the number of linked trips to Southend and other locations in South Essex;
ƒ converting a proportion of day trippers into overnight stays;
ƒ increasing the share of holiday makers as opposed to people visiting friends and relatives;
ƒ Capitalising on the ‘staycation’ market;
ƒ capturing the untapped potential of the district’s assets, including the historic environment, the countryside and coast; and
ƒ developing the business tourism offer and overseas visitors to capture this higher value market segment linked to London Southend Airport.
4.19. The Tourism, Leisure and Recreation Strategy for South Essex outlines objectives to provide a planning framework to facilitate development, including co-ordinating the development of appropriate Local Plans that support the development of tourism, leisure and recreation. The preparation of the Rochford Local Plan provides an appropriate basis for achieving this.

ECONOMIC POTENTIAL OF OPTION 3B
4.20. Our economic analysis points to the following opportunities:
ƒ The local economy across Southend and Rochford is structured around the delivery of goods and services to local people and visitors. The economic strategy for the Option 3b will tie into this, and deliver job opportunities in everyday services, health and education on site, but also recognise and encourage spending from residents on shops and services in Rochford Town Centre.
ƒ Southend Airport is also an important local employment driver in the medium-to-long term,
with potential growth of both direct jobs on site and in the supply chain and aviation-related activities in the surrounding area. There is a good spatial relationship to this.
ƒ The scale of the development opportunity provides an opportunity for transformational change and can act as a major economic driver in its own right. The scheme will support sizeable population growth creating demand for goods and services within the local economy. It can
deliver employment in traditional employment space, support home-based working, and create/support employment opportunities in health, education and local services.
ƒ If the scale of development is comprehensively considered, there is a strategic opportunity to shift the skills and jobs profile towards higher value-added activities. Delivery of high-quality housing, with space to work, and better employment opportunities have the ability to attract higher paid/ earning individuals to avail of the benefits of coastal life.
ƒ Self-employment in the area is high and has been growing. There are many small business and self-employed enterprises in the area. The office market is focused on local SME occupiers.
Local centres within the scheme should be designed in a way in which they can accommodate flexible workspace in local work hubs which can cater for local micro-businesses, can provide workspaces for people that might commute into London less or who work principally at/ hear home. Provision of high-quality broadband and telecommunications infrastructure will also be key to supporting this and facilitating the growing trend in home working. As working patterns change as a result of Covid and technological improvements, there is a major opportunity to create an attractive residential environment with local workspace which responds to this.
ƒ There is a concentration of industrial space in the area with low current vacancy levels. There is a strong relationship between the site and existing key employment and industrial sites in the local area, including Purdeys Industrial Estate, Temple Farm, Stock Road, Rochford Business Park and the Airport Business Park. There are opportunities to deliver high quality connections to these.
ƒ The development offers potential to help diversify the area’s visitor / tourism offer and to increase tourism spend, including in exploring the potential of the River Roach, provision of a high-quality hotel and/or visitor resort offer.
ƒ There is a good opportunity to deliver different types of housing, including: family housing both market and affordable, specialist/ embryonic sectors, Build to Rent, third age living including a range of care products and the self-build sector. Diversity in the housing offer, and recognition of the relative role of growth here vis-à-vis what is delivered within the urban area (focused more on higher density / smaller units), is important to supporting overall housing delivery rates, a balanced population profile and attracting higher skilled/ earning households.

05. STRATEGIC MATTERS IN LOCAL PLAN MAKING.
5.1. The Framework at para 11 requires Plans to apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development.
For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
1. meet the development needs of their area;
2. align growth and infrastructure;
3. improve the environment;
4. mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
5.2. This section of the representations considers these strategic matters in a Rochford context and considers how growth on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will assist RDC in delivering a sustainable pattern of development.
MEETING THE DEVELOPMENT NEEDS OF THEIR AREA
5.3. RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, help to create a more inclusive housing market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed households. A number of strategy options have been identified that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
5.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that
Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provide a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivered over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth, as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.
5.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan, large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
5.6. Option 3 b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
5.7. The Government have also been clear in their funding decisions that they will help fund infrastructure
where it is supporting their growth ambitions. Option 3b will make a substantive positive contribution to the Government’s ambitions for growth across the Thames Estuary Area. The Government’s Response to the Thames Estuary Growth Commission (HM Government, March 2019) states that it will support regeneration and growth within the area through a range of measures, including negotiating Housing and Infrastructure Deals with groups of ambitious local authorities. Option 3b provides the greatest potential to capture funding through such deals.
ALIGN GROWTH AND INFRASTRUCTURE
5.8. The Council’s previous engagement with local communities has identified the need for improvements to services and utilities, supporting local employment opportunities, development sustainable transport options, and improvements to strategic infrastructure as key community concerns alongside concerns regarding the number of homes. Strategic growth provides an
opportunity to address these issues. The vision for land south east of Rochford and north of Southend is that the development brings positive benefits to all residents including through the delivery of new infrastructure for sport, recreation and leisure; the provision of new high quality employment opportunities; and in supporting the delivery of strategic transport infrastructure which helps to improve accessibility across the area including addressing existing congestion bottlenecks in Southend and Rochford and delivering new high quality public transport links and opportunities for walking and cycling.
5.9. The Planning Practice Guidance requires Authorities in Plan-making to set out a positive vision for the area, but the plan should also be realistic about what can be achieved and when. This means paying careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought forward. A collaborative approach is expected to
be taken to identifying infrastructure deficits and requirements, and opportunities for addressing
them. In doing so they will need to:
assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure, and its ability to meet forecast demands.
Where deficiencies are identified, policies should set out how those deficiencies will be addressed; and
ƒ take account of the need for strategic infrastructure, including nationally significant infrastructure, within their areas.
5.10. The government recommends that when preparing a plan strategic policy-making authorities use available evidence of infrastructure requirements to prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement. Where plans are looking to plan for longer term growth such as significant extensions to existing villages and towns, it is recognised that there may not be certainty and/or the funding secured for necessary strategic infrastructure at the time the plan is produced. In these circumstances strategic policy-making authorities will be expected to demonstrate that there is a reasonable prospect that the proposals can be developed within the timescales envisaged.
Our client is keen to work with the Council and their appointed consultants in respect of the infrastructure requirements for growth Option 3b to accommodate future growth, and crucially ensuring betterment for the existing residents in the district.
Genuine choice of transport modes
5.11. Rochford’s peninsula location creates issues for connectivity with relatively limited sustainable travel options available, particularly north-south, leading to notable congestion along key roads. Given the existing level of traffic within the District and how this affects the road network, future strategic highway decisions and plans must consider how changes in working habits and future technology can help promote innovative but realistic transport solutions.
5.12. It is essential that public transport connections to the stations and key employment locations in the sub-region are improved to provide realistic and viable option to residents from commuting and other journeys. This can help reduce congestion. In addition, whilst there are a number of existing cycle routes within the District, these routes are often found in isolation. Whilst there are routes along Ashingdon Road, Hall Road and Cherry Orchard Way, these are not continuous. Future investment should look to ensure integration and improvement of existing cycle routes where possible and ensure cycling is considered as a key mode of travel from the outset.
5.13. The District cannot however be considered in isolation and the continued expansion of development in the adjoining Southend Borough has led to an increased propensity for vehicles to find alternative routes to the A127 (A1159), often resulting in growing pressures on Rochford’s own network. The Authorities will need to work collaboratively to address these issues - ensuring
unnecessary trips on the network are removed and essential trips are accommodated along appropriate existing or new infrastructure.
5.14. The concept of ’15 minute neighbourhoods’ can help to achieve this. These are based on ensuring that residents to access the majority of their day-to-day needs – such as everyday shops, schools, medical facilities, pubs, cafes and leisure opportunities - within a 15-minute walk or cycle. This has been shown to build sustainable communities and reduce private car use throughout the world.
5.15. Future communities proposed on land south east of Rochford and north of Southend will be designed to encourage cycling and walking by promoting 15-minute neighbourhoods and ensuring high-quality cycle networks are provided to link up with both existing communities’ and other future communities. This integration is key to help promote active travel. For locations and routes where high levels of cycle use are expected, green corridors for example, we will look to promote segregated spaces for other cyclists and pedestrians to ensure safety and encourage active travel.
5.16. Consideration will also be given to how other forms of powered micro-mobility can be promoted such as, e-scooters or powered skateboards. The Council is keen to lead the way with new technological solutions and ensure developments have electric charging for not only for
vehicles, but the bicycle, moped and e-scooters. This might include a new e-scooter and e-bike hire scheme in Rochford and Rayleigh which could take the form of autonomous e-scooters, improving the efficiency of their operation.
A New Travel Corridor Network
5.17. A key constraint that is recognised in the transport evidence is that despite the sustainability imperative to reduce car use, local people continue to use their car for short journeys and tolerate the time lost in congestion. It appears there is a general resident’s desire locally to continue using their cars for most journeys and expected new infrastructure that supports it.
5.18. The local network is currently congested. Access by car is broadly restricted geographically to the west along the A13 and A127. Once these routes penetrate the borough boundary, they quickly become congested. This has resulted in rat-running, even for local journeys. Capacity improvements have taken place along the A127 which include improvements to Progress Road, Kent Elms, Tesco roundabout and Cuckoo Corner. Works are currently underway at the Bell House Junction. The distribution of employment zones in the area has contributed to congestion and created a poor environment for pedestrians and cyclists.
5.19. Rochford is formed of a number of towns, villages and standalone employment locations. Improving the east-west connections will not only help those leaving the District as part of their commute but will also ensure that existing businesses within the District are seen as viable
locations for employees.
5.20. It is also important to optimise the opportunities associated with London Southend Airport as an
economic driver and a rail station. It is essential that surface access and access to both the local and strategic highway network is improved. By doing this, the Airport can help support economic growth in both the district and the wider South Essex area. To help achieve this access to the station from the east will be required.
5.21. Strategy Option 3b will deliver strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and Warners Bridge. Strategic growth will enable the delivery of a new green, sustainable transport corridor providing a link between the two train lines Southend Airport and
Thorpe Bay.
5.22. If strategic growth is delivered between Southend and Rochford, changing the design characteristics of infrastructure from what has previously been provided is key to delivering a solution that fits both travel behaviours now and in the future. Through a forward-thinking
approach we ensure that any hard infrastructure provided in the District cannot only make use of new technologies as they become available but are also not held back by building solely for the problems at the time. For example, in the short term, a green corridor could be formed of a
two-lane dual carriageway. However, as working behaviours move towards a more home-based approach or as more local employment opportunities become available, the need for two-lanes will be reduced. As such, one lane in each direction could be converted to a bus lane.

IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT
5.23. In the recently updated Framework, the environmental objective wording has been strengthened
with a requirement to ‘protect and enhance’ the environment and ‘improve biodiversity’. The key issue for consideration is crucially how the proposals will protect and enhance the environment.
5.24. By way of context, over 70% of Rochford is designated Metropolitan Green Belt with over 15%
protected for its biodiversity value. The subject landholding south east of Rochford and north of Southend lies within the Green Belt but is not covered by any statutory environmental designations. The River Roach lies to the north and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest, a Special Area of conservation and Special Protection Area; with land in this northern
part of the area falling within Flood Zones 2 and 3.
South Essex Estuary Park
5.25. The RDC Open Space Study 2020 revealed that the current quantity provision of all open spaces in the District is at 8ha per 1,000 people. This falls below the Fields in Trust benchmark. This provides a further opportunity for the new Local Plan to address this shortfall of which the proposals for the South Essex Estuary Park are integral to.
5.26. The South Essex Strategic Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020) was prepared on behalf of
ASELA and sets out a vision for green and blue infrastructure across South Essex and provides high-level objectives, strategic opportunities and policies driven by a co-ordinated approach.
The Study defines an integrated green and blue network, that will provide multiple benefits and which merits prioritisation and significant investment as well as defining a spatial arrangement to create the South Essex Estuary Park (SEE Park) - a network of green and blue assets across the
region. Growth Options 3 b have the potential to deliver the eastern extent of the SEE Park.
5.27. Figure 5.1 extracted from the Green and Blue Infrastructure Study shows indicative opportunities
which could help to deliver a regional green and blue infrastructure resource. Island Wetlands is identified as one of these landscapes, as shown below, which extends from Wallasea Island to Southend. Initiatives around Wallasea Island will create a large wetland nature park, with designated areas accessible to people. The southern part of the park shown - closer to Southend – indicates the potential for the creation of green corridors linking urban areas, the countryside and coast and
providing much needed green open space for existing and future residents. The proposal could contribute towards delivering these ambitions. The ambitions for the green and blue infrastructure need to be aligned with the growth options to maximise the benefits that can arise.
5.28. Figure 5.2 details our interpretation of the ambitions for the parkland and how the strategic blue and green infrastructure will influence the design of the growth option south east of Rochford and north of Southend.
Figure 5.1 Sub-Regional Green and Blue Infrastructure Study – Indicative Opportunities [SEE DOCUMENT FOR MAP]
Biodiversity Net Gain
5.29. The proposals will maximise opportunities to enhance and protect local ecosystems and green
infrastructure will be exploited to achieve a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain. This will ensure that biodiversity is improved across the District through new development, minimising incumbent losses and restoring ecological networks.
Figure 5.2 Indicative proposals for strategic green and blue infrastructure on land east of Rochford and north of Southend [SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]
MITIGATE CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPT TO ITS EFFECTS
Active Travel
5.30. It is no secret that the emissions generated by fossil fuel-based vehicles are contributing climate change. The Local Plan should guide development and investment in the District to supports the Government’s target of reaching net-zero carbon emissions by 2050, as well as the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) aim to be carbon neutral by 2040. To help meet these targets, Rochford must show leadership in promoting the use of electric cars and buses to its
residents and encouraging growth of active travel.
5.31. We are also on the brink of a new transport revolution, with numerous technologies coming forward - in both the short, medium and long term - each having their own impact of personal travel options. It is therefore important to consider how travel will change over the plan period. In recent years, many residents have commuted to work 3-5 days a week using a fossil fuel burning vehicle, however, by the end of the plan period, residents might only commute to work twice a week (with a 60% reduction in capacity demand); use electric vehicles, which could in time be self-driving; or make use of a high-quality public transport option. It is clear that the technological and transport solutions to accommodate likely travel behaviours at the start of the plan will not match those at the end of the plan in 2040. Getting this aspect of future development wrong could lead to large roads being built that are far too big for the expected travel patterns at the end of the plan period and we are left with huge barriers, severing communities unnecessarily.
Building Design
5.32. The National Housing Federation states England’s homes produce more carbon emissions every year than all the country’s cars thus decarbonising housing is an urgent priority. At a building level, this means designing buildings with highly efficient building fabric to reduce demand for energy and associated energy bills. Bellway’s homes will aim to be fossil fuel free where possible, using
innovative and renewable forms of energy production and storage to make the most of the UK’s increasingly decarbonised electricity supply.
5.33. Building homes with a ‘fabric first’ approach means high levels of insulation, reduced air permeability and reduced cold bridging, and uses passive design to retain heat within buildings by minimising losses to the outside. This is the basis of the PassivHaus scheme, which has been shown to result in homes with very low levels of energy demand due to good passive design to minimise heat loss. The benefits of this approach to design include low heating bills, reduced risk of obsolescence, not
having to retrofit to improve insulation levels and homes that are futureproof.
5.34. Where appropriate, waste heat from industrial processes can provide heating for new and existing homes, making the most of our existing energy resources. Opportunities to partner with industry to generate renewable electricity at scale on suitable sites across the District will also be explored, meeting wider climate change objectives and providing an income to the Council.
Alternative Fuels
5.35. There are opportunities to make use of sustainable hydrogen, either for building heating or vehicle
transportation. Hydrogen has the potential to partially replace natural gas within our existing gas infrastructure. Although the majority of current hydrogen production methods are not sustainable, the growing levels of renewable electricity in the national grid mix will mean that sustainable hydrogen can be produced more widely in suitable locations throughout the country.
Lifestyle
5.36. New and innovative technology will play its part in helping to decarbonise Rochford. However we also need to help our residents to live more sustainably, by demonstrating that sustainable lifestyles lead to better quality of life. By encouraging people to participate in active travel, walking and cycling where possible, residents will see benefits to their health and wellbeing. Local air quality will be improved. Our roads will be safer. We will get to know our neighbours better.
5.37. Taking account of the District’s rural character, consideration can also be given to the use of land for sustainable food production. This could vary from the provision of allotments by residents to grow their own food to the use of new, innovative farming techniques, such as vertical farming which maximises food production on a smaller footprint.

06. LANDSCAPE & GREEN BELT EVIDENCE BASE.
6.1. In order to meeting minimum housing needs, RDC will need to release land from the Green Belt.
Rationale for Strategic Green Belt Release
The evidence base indicates that Strategic Green Belt release is required through the preparation of Rochford’s Local Plan as:
ƒ Meeting development needs is an important component of achieving sustainable development – the key aim of the planning system. The evidence shows that this cannot be achieved across the sub-region without reviewing Green Belt boundaries. The aim of Green Belt policy is not to restrict meeting development needs. It is to direct development to sustainable locations;
ƒ Green Belt release is required to meet the identified local need for market and affordable housing and improve housing affordability, a key feature of Government policy, as well as to deliver family housing – the need for which is not being met through urban sites in the sub-region;
ƒ Strategic growth is required to support economic recovery and sustainable economic growth – key policy ambitions at a national, sub-regional and local level. It will support growth in the workforce, attract skilled workers and attract higher paid employment
opportunities as identified in the ASELA Productivity Strategy.
ƒ The evidence base identifies key infrastructure deficiencies. Strategic growth will support the funding and delivery of strategic infrastructure including transport infrastructure to promote more sustainable travel and address existing congestion.
ƒ It is appropriate that consideration is given to meeting unmet need from Southend in locations which have a strong spatial and functional relationship to in a context in which there are strategic constraints to development at a sub-regional level.
6.2. The Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020), covering Rochford and Southend, assesses the
performance of Green Belt land in meeting the purposes of Green Belt. The strongest performing Green Belt is land within the Upper Roach Valley between Rayleigh, Thundersley and Southend. Only small areas of land on the urban fringe are identified as having a low performance against Green Belt purposes. These areas of land alone will not provide sufficient land to meet development needs;
indicating a need to consider land with one or two strong ratings against Green Belt purposes.
6.3. The south-eastern part of the Green Belt – adjoining the urban boundary with Southend - has two strong ratings, which is likely a reflection of its purpose to prevent urban spawl. It should not be assumed that a site that weakly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a good candidate for development, nor that a site which strongly contributes to the Green Belt is automatically a poor candidate for development. In making decisions regarding Green Belt release, performance against
Green Belt purposes however needs to be considered alongside wider factors which influence what
constitutes sustainable development – including access to services and employment opportunities.
The purpose of Green Belt is to support sustainable patterns of development.
Figure 6.1: Green Belt Performance – Southend and Rochford
[see attached document for map]
6.4. The area south-east of Rochford which has been identified as a potential strategic growth location falls into parcels AA153-AA158 of Stage 2 of the Green Belt Study. In most scenarios, these parcels are considered to have a high harm if they were to be released from the Green Belt.
There are however some scenarios where if certain smaller parts of this wider area were released, the harm would be reduced to moderate-high. This would only be the case if these smaller parcels were released in isolation.
6.5. Whilst the ideal would be to minimise harm to the Green Belt, it may be that the most sustainable
locations for development will result in high harm to the Green Belt. Conversely, the release of Green Belt land likely to result in low harm may not be appropriate or sustainable. In each location where alterations to Green Belt boundaries are being considered, planning judgement will be required to establish whether the sustainability benefits of Green Belt release and the associated development outweigh the harm to the Green Belt designation.
ROCHFORD AND SOUTHEND LANDSCAPE CHARACTER, SENSITIVITY AND CAPACITY STUDY (2020)
6.6. The Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study prepared for Rochford and Southend sets out the value and sensitivity of landscape character areas in the two LPAs and their potential capacity for development to inform strategies for the area.
6.7. The majority of the land at the strategic growth location Option 3b is within the Coastal Farmland Landscape Character Type, specifically parcel C5 (Stonebridge). The landscape value, sensitivity along with the landscape capacity and recommended development scale are detailed in the table below. The Study identifies that this land parcel had medium to high
capacity for development.
Figure 6.2 Landscape Capacity extracted from the RDC Landscape Character Study
[see attached document for map]

[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT FOR TABLES DETAILING LANDSCAPE CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES]

07. THE VISION FOR LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD / NORTH OF SOUTHEND.

CONTEXT
7.1. The RDC Spatial Option Consultation identifies a number of strategy options that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to growth over the next 20 years and beyond. These representations endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend.
7.2. As detailed in these representations, Option 3b is required in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan with large scale growth focused in one location which will provide a sufficient critical mass in order to deliver the required infrastructure for the District. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic
Growth Locations Study (2020).
7.3. This location provides the opportunity to deliver strategic development at scale which includes new homes and employment land, new strategic transport infrastructure, local services and associated community facilities and additional open space and recreational facilities. The strategic rationale for growth is to:
ƒ Contribute to meeting the strategic housing need for market and affordable housing in Rochford and also potentially unmet needs from Southend in a location close to where the need arises;
ƒ Locate growth at a sustainable location close to the concentration of existing employment opportunities at and around London Southend Airport, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, Fossets Way and Gardon Park, to reduce the need to travel and achieve a high
proportion of travel by sustainable modes;
ƒ Provide strategic scale development where housing can be brought forward alongside local employment opportunities, schools, healthcare facilities, local shops and services in line with the principles of 15 minute neighbourhoods in order to reduce the need to travel;
ƒ Deliver concentrated strategic growth which reduces the scale of incremental growth of the District’s existing towns and villages which can place pressure on their local infrastructure and adversely affect their character;
ƒ Enable strategic infrastructure improvements alongside growth including improved eastern access to London Southend Airport Rail Station, Temple Farm and Purdeys Industrial Estates, and address congestion pinch points including Bell House Junction, Priory Crescent and
Warners Bridge.
Figure 7.1: Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend Broad Location for Growth
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
THE VISION
7.4. There are a number of themes which have informed the vision for the subject site -
ƒ A sequence of new neighbourhoods – the proposals include four individual, future facing neighbourhoods in Rochford, which contain mixed-use neighbourhood centres and the key community infrastructure and services required to support residents needs and reduce the need to travel, that can be brought forward alongside one another with a distinct identity and character. The character of these neighbourhoods can vary and respond to their location – with new hamlets and villages within Rochford which respond to the morphology of settlements in the area.
ƒ A Connected Place – the neighbourhoods will be physically connected by new green, sustainable transport corridors which also provides a link between the two train lines (Southend Airport and Thorpe Bay) and encourage sustainable transport choices. Proposed infrastructure will also help redress existing capacity constraints on the highways network.
Digital infrastructure is also at the forefront of the strategy to deliver connectivity. The proposals will help to deliver new strategic infrastructure which addresses existing congestion issues along the A127 and A1159 Eastern Avenue;
ƒ A Place with Identity – the proposals seek to identify and establish a character that draws from that of the surrounding context and is informed the existing site features. This involves drawing out local character and distinctive features associated with the area. .
ƒ A Working Place – the proposals are underpinned by an economic strategy to help transform the profile of the local economies, by attracting a more highly skilled demographic looking to locate here as a lifestyle choice, supported by employment floorspace provision.
7.5. This vision reflects the new requirement introduced through the Framework for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years),
to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The draft policy demonstrates the level of growth that is anticipated during this Local Plan (up to 2040) and also considers the longterm potential of this growth option up to 2050 and beyond. The emerging Masterplan has been
designed as such to allow for the delivery of individual villages which can all be connected in time but equally allowing for the villages to be independent in their own right with sufficient services and infrastructure to meet their needs without reliance on future growth to deliver infrastructure.
DRAFT POLICY: LAND SOUTH EAST OF ROCHFORD & NORTH OF SOUTHEND STRATEGIC
ALLOCATION
Land south east of Rochford, east of London Southend Airport and north of Eastern Avenue is allocated as a cross-boundary strategic growth location with potential to deliver around 10,000 homes on land in both Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea. Mixed-use development is
envisaged to deliver a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District together with necessary community, employment, transport, green and blue infrastructure; of which approximately 1,850 dwellings are expected to be delivered in the plan period to 2040.
Development should include:
ƒ Housing - a minimum of 4,600 homes in Rochford District to including market and affordable housing, specialist housing for older persons, and self- and custom-build homes;
ƒ Employment – around 11 ha of employment land to include provision for flexible commercial floorspace or workspace hubs (Class E) within neighbourhood centres and industrial land located east of London Southend Airport; together with infrastructure to support home working;
ƒ Social and community infrastructure – including provision for local shops and services, multi-use community space, health and education infrastructure to be structured around 15 minute neighbourhood principles;
ƒ Enhanced transport infrastructure – including high quality bus services to key employment locations, town centres and rail stations, high quality infrastructure for walking and cycling and strategic highways infrastructure to enhance east-west connectivity and mitigate impacts.
Development should include a buffer to prevent coalescence with and maintain the separate identities of the settlements of Great Wakering, Little Wakering and Barling.
To guide development a Framework Masterplan SPD should be developed jointly with the Councils, local community, site promoters and infrastructure providers to ensure the comprehensive integrated development of land in both Rochford and Southend and to coordinate the delivery of infrastructure. This Masterplan should include:
ƒ A Green and Blue Infrastructure Strategy providing a coordinated framework for provision of publicly-accessible formal and informal open space, play space and other sport and recreational facilities and provide new green corridors linking the Southend Urban Area to
the River Roach.
ƒ A Transport and Movement Strategy which should prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy should address the
phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.
ƒ A site-wide Energy Strategy detailing how the range of land uses and associated infrastructure across the masterplan will combine to achieve a site-wide net-zero carbon target. The scale of development and variety of uses presents opportunities to coordinate energy generation, transference and consumption, together with carbon sequestration to achieve net-zero carbon.
ƒ Infrastructure Delivery Plan - to coordinate the funding and delivery of development and on- and off-site infrastructure and addressing long-term stewardship of community infrastructure
Planning applications for development should be accompanied by a Phasing Strategy addressing the phasing of development and infrastructure; and a Sustainability Strategy outlining measured to be taken to achieve a net zero carbon development, high quality
digital connectivity, biodiversity net gain and to future proof development to achieve long-term sustainability.
Figure 7.2: Concept Masterplan for Land South East of Rochford & North of Southend
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

CONCEPT MASTERPLAN
7.6. The ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
7.7. This approach embraces environmental, climatic, technological, social and economic resilience, aiming to futureproof the development and provide flexibility to accommodate design changes resulting from new ways of living, working and playing.
7.8. Considering the scale of the site and potential growth that can be accommodated in this location, it is anticipated that the scheme will be built out over many years. In order to provide a high-quality built environment that caters for the needs of people both now and in the future, it is necessary to develop a set of key framework principles that will underpin every masterplan
developed for the site.
7.9. Incorporated within this approach are a number of key factors that are certainties given current national policy objectives and personal lifestyle choices. Other factors are less clear, and a flexible approach will therefore have to be adopted to ensure the masterplan is capable of adapting to changing technology and trends as it is developed.
7.10. The certainties the masterplan will have to accommodate include;
ƒ Being digitally connected with high-speed internet access
ƒ Being ready for the net-zero carbon economy
ƒ Being socially connected
ƒ Being mobile

PHASING
7.11. The following section of these representations detail the key phases to the proposed growth option on land southeast of Rochford and north of Southend. It should be noted that these options are indicative only at this stage and we welcome the opportunity to develop these proposals in further detail with the Council, key stakeholders and the local community.
Figure 7.3 – Potential Phasing Sequence for Land at South East of Rochford and North of Southend [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
Early phase : 1-5 years. (Phase 2b)
ƒ East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10.35Ha of flexible employment land.
Middle phase : 6-15 years. (Phase 3b)
ƒ North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
Late phase : 16-30 years (Phase 6a, 6b & 8)
ƒ (6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ (8) West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - EARLY PHASE : 1-5 YEARS. (PHASE 2B)
East of Southend Airport: 1050-1100 dwellings, a primary school, a local centre including health uses and 10Ha of flexible employment land.
ƒ To provide a new east-west transport link in the location of Warners Bridge next to the Airport.
ƒ To provide a new junction to allow Temple Farm and Purdeys Indus¬trial Estate vehicles to pass
through the area without impacting residential areas
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To provide easy walking and cycling access to support the vitality of Rochford Town Centre
(1.2miles convivial walk)
ƒ To provide a mixed-use village core with school, shops, health care and village square
ƒ To provide flexible expansion space for Temple Farm employment area and in close proximity to the new east-west transport link and railway bridge.
ƒ To provide the first phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along Prittle Brook to Sutton Road
Figure 7.4 – Early Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council
[SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - MIDDLE PHASE : 6-15 YEARS. (PHASE 3B)
North west of Garon Park: 710-770 dwellings, a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route eastwards
ƒ To respond to the existing planning proposals for the Fossetts Farm area including the masterplan for Southend Football Stadium, the Homes England residential area of Prittlewell Camp and the Fossetts Way East residential area.
ƒ To provide highway connections from the east-west transport link to Fossetts Way and Eastern Avenue (A1159) allowing stadium traffic additional access opportunities.
ƒ To provide early access from Fossetts Way B&Q roundabout across Garons Park established access. This would allow the east-west transport link to be delivered as early infrastructure whist the opera¬tional needs of Garon Park and Golf Course continue without interruption through the development process.
ƒ To provide bus connection to Shopland Road, Stonebridge and The Wakerings.
ƒ To provide the second phase of a wider community park that will increase biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road
Figure 7.5 – Middle Phase of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]
KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 6A & 6B)
(6a and 6b) Southwest of Little Wakering: 2,000 – 2,100, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To reserve land for a future phase secondary / academy school (a separate 9.45Ha parcel of land).
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of: Barrow Hall Farm, Abbotts Hall Farm, Oldbury Farm, Morley Nurseries.
ƒ Integrated the setting of Stonebridge village.
ƒ To provide the third phase of a wider community park that will in¬crease biodiversity along the brook to Shopland Road.
ƒ To allow for not less than 450m off-set distance to properties of Little Wakering.
ƒ To retain the existing water reservoir for agricultural use Figure 7.6 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

KEY DESIGN ATTRIBUTES - LATER PHASE : 16-30 YEARS (PHASE 8)
West of Little Wakering: 850– 900 dwellings, a primary school and a local centre including a small employment hub and health uses.
ƒ To allow the continuation of the east-west transport link as a green corridor public transport route westwards and southwards.
ƒ To integrate a reconfigured golf course that will sit within Rochford and Southend.
ƒ Integrate the farms and small holdings of Beauchamps.
ƒ Integrated the water bodies serving surrounding farmland.
ƒ To provide additional bus corridor south to allow access to Garons Park sports and leisure uses.
ƒ To provide extensive landscaped community parkland.
ƒ To ensure the setting of the village is not visually intrusive on the landscape
Figure 7.7 – Later Phases of Strategic Growth with Rochford District Council [SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT]

08. RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS RAISED IN THE CONSULTATION.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
8.1. Yes, we agree that a range of separate visions for each of the settlements is a helpful guide to decision making. In any event a separate vision will be required for the growth areas as required in the recently updated Framework which stipulates that for larger scale developments ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. A draft vision for South East of Rochford and North of Southend is
detailed at Section 7 of these representations.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing
from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
8.2. We support and endorse the five main strategic priorities set out in the Consultation, which are follows:
ƒ Meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for retail, leisure and other commercial development
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications,
waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat)
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision of health, security, community and cultural infrastructure and other local facilities
ƒ Making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape
8.3. These form the foundation for the Local Plan in which all growth options should be tested against to ensure that future development will deliver the strategic priorities and objectives of RDC.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
8.4. These representations wholly endorse Strategy Option 3: Concentrated growth » Option 3b: Focused north of Southend which lies within our client’s land interests.
8.5. It is submitted that in order to deliver the ambitions of the Local Plan large scale growth focused in one location as per Option 3b is required. Strategic growth at this location is embedded within the evidence base which supports this Local Plan including the South East Essex Strategic Growth Locations Assessment (2019) and the South Essex Strategic Growth Locations Study (2020).
8.6. Option 3b is the only option which will:
ƒ Provide the “critical mass” needed to secure transformational new infrastructure to mitigate the impact of future development and critically to address the chronic congestion currently experienced within the District
ƒ improve affordability
ƒ address the decline in home ownership
ƒ support a sustainable shift towards higher wage/skilled jobs.
8.7. It is not purported however that this strategy will meet Rochford’s full housing need over the lifetime of the Plan, thus Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination is the preferred approach. The Consultation states that Option 4 could make best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building one or two large growth areas (Option 3) and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).We support Option 4 which will provided a varied supply of sites to make the local housing market as diverse as possible delivering a range of choice and competition to the market, thus offering the greatest chance that housing will be consistently delivery over the whole plan period. Crucially the Plan needs to incorporate large scale strategic growth as a Local Plan strategy that relies solely on smaller sites, or sites spread more evenly through the District will not have the potential to fund
new infrastructure and provide betterment to the current challenges facing the District.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and
renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?
8.8. Bellway have committed that all new homes will be ‘zero carbon ready’ by 2025 and net zero by 2050 as part of the Future Homes Task Force road map published in July 2021 entitled The Future Homes Delivery Plan. The headline goals include:
ƒ homes that are zero carbon ready and sustainable by 2025
ƒ production and construction methods that are net zero and sustainable by 2050, with substantial progress by 2025 and 2030;
ƒ businesses operations that are net zero by 2050 with a 50% reduction by 2030.
8.9. The roadmap sets a series of goals and milestones that need to be met along the way, incorporating government policies such as the Future Homes Standard and Biodiversity Net Gain.
8.10. The proposals on the subject site afford the opportunity to provide an exemplar new community
which sets the benchmark for development in the region and for future generations in terms of the low carbon / renewable energy. Our client is keen to explore the potential to set up a Rochford Energy Supply Company and how this could be achieved.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different
areas? [Please state reasoning]
8.11. Yes, a charter should be included to ensure relevant place-making principles are applied to
different areas. The land in the Roach peninsula is precious, unique and has great potential for combining new neighbourhoods within an important landscape setting. It is a land asset that will require careful decision making and one that will enhance the legacy opportunities for the Council.
8.12. Our intention is to develop a long-term vision and planning strategy for the site, rather than to identify immediate development opportunities. We therefore have the opportunity to lay down the foundations for future plans. A charter can help this. With such a long term project, it can allow for changing stakeholders over many years to ensure greater consistency to long term goals.
8.13. Our approach will necessarily be ambitious, complex and multi-faceted. It will be a collective
endeavour from many and over many years. The charter can inspire each and every one involved. It can serve as a benchmark and help guide decision-making, particularly at those moments when what appears urgent in the short term, threatens to overshadow what its truly important in the long term.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan? Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas? Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting? [Please state reasoning]
8.14. We support the preparation of design codes. Design codes provide briefing for consistency, from
site wide to detailed design. As such, each phase will require its own design code and each time a phase is complete, a review of the completed phase will inform the production of the design code for the following phase.
8.15. Typical content of a design code shall include -
ƒ Movement strategy where appropriate
ƒ Access and street hierarchy where appropriate
ƒ Landscape and open space strategy
ƒ Land use and mix
ƒ Density
ƒ Heights
ƒ Number of homes
ƒ Identity and character of buildings and public spaces
ƒ Employment

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
8.16. Development of Land at east of Rochford and North of Southend and Rochford provides major
opportunity to:
ƒ Support workforce growth in the area
ƒ Attracting new employers –who will come because there is a large labour force in the catchment area, and it has some capacity within it.
8.17. In the absence of such growth, there are structural challenges which will loom large: with a growing elderly population which creates costs for the public sector –including in health, social care, pensions etc –but a declining number of people and businesses which are contributing to this through taxation. With an ageing population, housing growth is going to be important to
supporting the local economy and ensuring that local businesses can find staff over the mediumand longer-term.
8.18. The scale of growth envisaged at Option 3b is a potential major economic driver in its own right. As with other development schemes, it will support growth in the population which supports employment in consumer-related sectors (as well as supporting the construction sector over a sustained period).
8.19. In addition, it also provides the opportunity to transform the area’s wider investment appeal by
improving the skills profile through diversifying the housing offer and delivering family housing with space to work in an attractive residential environment with access to the coast, countryside and local facilities together with local work hubs which offer facilities. A lifestyle offer which attracts higher skilled residents can over time improve Southend and Rochford’s skills profile and
investment offer to businesses.
8.20. In an environment in which we are seeing shifts in how people work –and will no doubt see shifts in the sectoral structure of the economy –the potential for a high quality lifestyle, at a location which is well connected (to London and other parts of Europe) is one of the important ways in which Rochford can stand out.
8.21. Self-employment is significant and has been growing in the district. There is potential for further
growth in this area, and a need for infrastructure to support this. With changes in how we work, some of those who currently commute out to higher paid jobs elsewhere may spend more time working at home or locally. The digital infrastructure (and potentially some local workspace) is needed to support this.
8.22. There will still be jobs in schools, education, local shops and services. Development on land at Southend and Rochford will support jobs in these areas. There will also still be jobs in offices, on industrial sites and at Southend Airport.
8.23. Mixed-use development is envisaged in all neighbourhoods, which includes provision of flexible
commercial space in neighbourhood centres as well as delivery of the technology infrastructure to support home-working and home-based businesses.
8.24. In addition to this, provision of over 10 ha of employment land is envisaged in on the western side
of the site, providing opportunities for both growth of SMEs and for grow-on space for existing
businesses in Southend and Rochford.
8.25. Equally, this large area of employment land could provide the right location for a Southend University Hospital Relocation subject to wide ranging consultation. This new location could serve Rochford and Southend as it is halfway between the two town centres. A&E Blue light routes would also be more rapid as they could rely on the new sustainable transport corridor and avoid congestion.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state reasoning]
8.26. As detailed in these representations, the ambition is to deliver a sequence of new ’15 minute walkable neighbourhoods’ with local services and a strong character and identity set within a high quality green network which connects Southend’s existing urban area and the new areas of growth through to the River Roach, whilst protecting important Estuary and wetland
environments, historic environments and biodiversity. We want to deliver a vibrant place to live, work and visit which successfully integrates and improves coastal, rural and urban environments, delivers family housing in strong local communities and helps to deliver transformational change and growth in the local economy and new strategic infrastructure.
8.27. It is considered that that new strategic green and blue infrastructure is essential in order to create the community envisaged in this location. We support the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park and The Island Wetlands. In order to ensure these landmark green and blue infrastructure projects can be delivered this will need to be balanced with the Council meeting their strategic needs. The provision of growth in southeast of Rochford and north of Southend will enable investment into strategic green and blue infrastructure projects in the location. We welcome the opportunity to work with the Council in terms of the extent and location of the green
and blue infrastructure.
OPEN SPACES AND RECREATION
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
8.28. A critical aspect in delivering a new community such as that proposed at Option 3b will be the
delivery of high quality public open space. The initial design work has considered green fingers separating the series of neighbourhoods as illustrated at Figure 5.2. Our client is keen to work with the Council to explore how the proposed scheme can contribute towards and assist in the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. Moreover, the proposed is of such a scale and critical mass that
will ensure each neighbourhood provides generous public open space and sports facilities.

HERITAGE
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
8.29. Rochford is identified as one of the top five local authorities in England as having heritage potential as defined by the Heritage Index 2020. This means that the District has untapped heritage potential and suggests that local heritage is a further asset for consideration to achieve the goal to grow the tourism economy. There is an opportunity through delivering growth in the district to celebrate the heritage assets of Rochford.
8.30. The Thames Estuary 2050 Growth Commission aims to utilise opportunities in existing sectors,
environmental assets and planned development to create a ‘tapestry of productive places’ along a global river. These assets present an opportunity to support the attractiveness of Rochford as a place to live, work and visit, and contribute to the potential for growth of the tourism economy in the District.
TRANSPORT AND CONNECTIVITY
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

8.31. We are on the brink of a transport revolution as a result of both technological advances and changes to social behaviour. For example, new technologies such as autonomous vehicles can help improve traffic flow or reduce the need for car ownership and changes in working habits may allow more people to work from home or closer to home. Both of these, when added to numerous other changes, will reduce the need and size for large highways infrastructure projects which will
cost large sums of money and have ecological impacts and may be over designed for behaviours in 20-30 years.
8.32. The scale of Option 3b is such that development in this area will deliver significant enhancements to public transport which will not only serve future residents but crucially provide local services to the existing community.
8.33. We need to ensure that high-quality public transport options are available for those that need
it, for example, high-quality dedicated bus services linking major growth locations in the Plan to local train stations ensuring that a realistic low carbon option for travel. The availability of highquality options for travel by sustainable modes must be key to encouraging people to leave their cars behind.
8.34 A Transport and Movement Strategy will be prepared for the proposals which will prioritise cycle and pedestrian movements and public transport through development of a comprehensive pedestrian and cycle network including green sustainable transport corridors providing links to major trip generators and London Southend Airport Rail Station and linking the two rail lines; and wider measures to promote sustainable travel. The Strategy will address the phasing of development with highways improvements necessary to mitigate the impacts of development.

Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Sutton and Stonebridge?
i. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv. Other
8.35. As detailed in the submitted proposals it is envisaged that this area south east of Rochford and north of Southend could be developed for a new growth location which will deliver a range of services and community infrastructure to serve the future residents and also due to the close proximity to the existing settlements of Stonebridge and Sutton will serve the existing community. The Masterplan has been designed to ensure that the existing settlements retain their own identity as proposed in the Draft Vision, however residents of these places should have greater access to services close at hand, including by sustainable means.

09. ECONOMIC BENEFITS TO ROCHFORD
OF OPTION 3B

This infographic provides an overview of the economic benefits that could be delivered through the development of a minimum of 4,600 dwellings together with approximately 11ha of employment space, as well as education, community and healthcare uses within Rochford District. The proposed expansion is expected to deliver a range of economic benefits during both the construction and operational phases which will make a positive contribution to the local economy.
[see document for full infographic]
the construction phase benefits:
Injection of private sector investment
Supporting direct construction jobs
Supporting indirect jobs in the supply chain
Contribution to Economic Output (GVA)

the occupational benefits
First Occupation Expenditure up to £25.4m
Resident Expenditure c.£131.7m
Direct operational employment 5,900
Direct operational employment 6,700
Indirect operational employment 1,700

the fiscal benefits
Business Rates £4.2m
Council Tax £9.6m
New Homes Bonus £26.5m